Upload
others
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Tap amp Hold the screen to show the top bar
HOME Tap to return to the app home page
How to
use this
app
Tap amp Hold the screen to show the top bar
Swipe Horizontally to quickly navigate pagesTap selected page to View
Swipe
Horizontally
to go to the
next page
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Green Seed Bead Earrings by PandaHall
bull Beaded Stitch Christmas Bell by PandaHall
bull FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING SUPPLIES
FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Poinsettia Earrings by Teresa
bull Christmas Bracelet by Liliana
bull Little Star Christmas Ornament by Pam
bull Glittering Stars by ZviaGil Designs
bull FIRE MOUNTAIN GEMS SUPPLY LIST
CONTENTS
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
CONTENTS
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
FEATURED ARTICLE
bull Jingle Your Jewelry
JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine
bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora
RECOMMENDED READINGS
bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads
bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it
Wear it Many Ways
bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets
bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47
Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom
Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom
Join The Fun
Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of
the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas
jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with
beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to
create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle
the people around you
Editorrsquos Note
Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making
Jane Chew
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Materials
- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 3mm Round Seed Beads
- 03mm Golden Copper Wires
- Golden Headpins
- Golden Jump Rings
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
EDITORrsquoS NOTE
FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Green Seed Bead Earrings by PandaHall
bull Beaded Stitch Christmas Bell by PandaHall
bull FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING SUPPLIES
FEATURED JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Poinsettia Earrings by Teresa
bull Christmas Bracelet by Liliana
bull Little Star Christmas Ornament by Pam
bull Glittering Stars by ZviaGil Designs
bull FIRE MOUNTAIN GEMS SUPPLY LIST
CONTENTS
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
CONTENTS
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
FEATURED ARTICLE
bull Jingle Your Jewelry
JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine
bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora
RECOMMENDED READINGS
bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads
bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it
Wear it Many Ways
bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets
bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47
Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom
Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom
Join The Fun
Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of
the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas
jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with
beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to
create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle
the people around you
Editorrsquos Note
Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making
Jane Chew
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Materials
- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 3mm Round Seed Beads
- 03mm Golden Copper Wires
- Golden Headpins
- Golden Jump Rings
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
CONTENTS
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
FEATURED ARTICLE
bull Jingle Your Jewelry
JEWELRY MAKING TUTORIALS
bull Christmas Scent by Lorraine
bull Snowflake Pendant by Debora
RECOMMENDED READINGS
bull Making Jewelry with Gemstone Beads
bull Convertible Crystal Jewelry Reverse it Twist it
Wear it Many Ways
bull 200 Beading Tips Techniques amp Trade Secrets
bull Build Your Own Wire Pendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 47
Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom
Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom
Join The Fun
Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of
the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas
jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with
beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to
create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle
the people around you
Editorrsquos Note
Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making
Jane Chew
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Materials
- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 3mm Round Seed Beads
- 03mm Golden Copper Wires
- Golden Headpins
- Golden Jump Rings
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Blog wwwhandmade-jewelry-clubcom
Membership wwwdiyjewelrymakingcom
Join The Fun
Christmas is just a month away and its the best time of
the year like ever So deck your halls with Christmas
jewelry and ornaments Dress your very best with
beautiful Christmas jewelry which you can learn to
create from this issues tutorials Be ready to dazzle
the people around you
Editorrsquos Note
Welcome to DIY Jewelry Making
Jane Chew
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Materials
- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 3mm Round Seed Beads
- 03mm Golden Copper Wires
- Golden Headpins
- Golden Jump Rings
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Materials
- 6mm Red Faceted Bicone Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 3mm Round Seed Beads
- 03mm Golden Copper Wires
- Golden Headpins
- Golden Jump Rings
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 1 Make the main body of the green seed beaded earrings
1st cut a piece of 03mm golden copper wire and thread 5 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm dark
green round seed bead in sequence to the copper wire
2nd cross the right copper wire through the left 5 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
3rd thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm red round seed bead in sequence to the right copper
wire
4th cross the right copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads and a 3mm round seed bead in sequence to the left copper wire
Then cross the left copper wire through the 4 2mm green seed beads
6th hold the two copper wires together and thread another 2mm green seed bead
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th refer to the 3rd step to the 6th step
to make more such patterns
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Step 2Make the rest part of the green seed beaded earrings
1st combine 5 6mm red faceted bicone beads with 5 golden
headpins
2nd make a hoop on the other end of the five golden
headpins Then combine them with a golden jump ring one
by one (as shown in the picture)
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd combine the five red faceted bicone beads with the
green seed bead tree made in Step 1
4th add a golden earring hook on top of the bead
5th repeat the above steps to make the other of the green
seed beaded earrings
Here is the final look of the green seed beaded earrings
Of course you can also alter the seed beaded patterns into
a seed bead pendant necklace and other crafts The
techniques of weaving the seed beads can also be used to
make numerous other crafts Just have a try
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Green Seed Beaded Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 6mm Red Glass Round Beads
- 2mm Green Seed Beads
- 4mm Clear Bicone Glass Beads
- 4mm Yellow Faceted Glass Beads
- 2mm White Round Pearl Beads
- 12mm Red Round Bell Pendants
- 25x2mm Platinum Ring Key Clasp
- Silver Jump Rings
- Silver Eyepins
- 03mm Silver-Gray Tiger Tail
- 03mm Silver Copper Wire
- Stainless-Steel Scissor
- Needle Nose Plier
- Round Nose Plier
- Diagonal Plier
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Step 1 Make the middle part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver-gray tiger tail Then thread a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm clear bicone glass bead a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead
and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the rightmost
4mm clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the picture)
2nd thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the left tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm clear bicone
glass bead in sequence to the right tiger tail Cross the left tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass bead
on the right tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
3rd thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a
4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the
upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Cross the bottom tiger tail through the 4mm
clear bicone glass bead on the upper tiger tail and
tighten (as shown in the picture)
4th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross
the upper tiger tail through the 2mm white round pearl
bead ( beside the 4mm clear bicone glass bead) and
the top 4mm clear bicone glass bead in sequence (as
shown in the picture)
5th cross the upper tiger tail through the middle 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
6th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl beada 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
7th repeat the above step once
8th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
9th thread a 2mm white round pearl bead and a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead in sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm
clear bicone glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl
bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Cross the
bottom tiger tail through the 4mm clear bicone glass
bead on the upper tiger tail and tighten (as shown in the
picture)
10th refer to the 4th step and the 5th step to make
another such pattern
11th repeat the above steps to make more such
patterns
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Step 2 Make the bottom part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st thread a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl
bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom
tiger tail Then cross the upper tiger tail through the rightmost 2mm white round pearl bead and tighten
2nd thread a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted
glass bead and a 2mm white round pearl bead in sequence to the bottom tiger tail Then cross the
bottom tiger tail through a 4mm clear faceted glass bead a 2mm white round pearl bead Thread a 2mm
white round pearl bead a 4mm yellow faceted glass bead and a 2mm
white round pearl bead in
sequence to the upper tiger
tail Then cross the upper tiger
tail through the 2mm white
round pearl bead (as shown in
the picture)
3rd repeat the above step
several times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
4th thread 5 2mm white round pearl beads to the right tiger tail
5th cross the left tiger tail through the 2 4mm yellow faceted glass beads Then wrap the two 4mm yellow
faceted glass beads with the 5 2mm white round pearl beads by crossing the right tiger tail through the 2 4mm
yellow faceted glass beads and tighten (as shown in the picture)
6th repeat the 4th step to the 5th step several times
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
7th combine a 12mm red round bell pendant with a silver eyepin and make a hoop on the other end of the
silver eyepin Then combine a 2mm white round pearl bead with another silver eyepin and add it on top of the
red round bell pendant (as shown in the picture)
8th combine the bead pattern with the beaded Christmas bell and make a hoop on the top (as shown in the
picture)
Step 3 Make the top part of the beaded Christmas bell craft
1st cut a piece of 03mm silver copper wire and thread 3 6mm red glass round beads to it Then make a hoop
with the 3 red beads by crossing the left copper wire through the right red bead
2nd thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the right copper wire and make a hoop with the 4 green seed beads
by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead Then repeat this step three times
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
3rd cross the right copper wire through the 6mm red glass round bead Then cross the two copper wires through
another 2mm green seed bead
4th thread a 2mm green seed bead to the two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires
through another 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
5th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the upper copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the upper copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead (as shown in the picture)
6th thread 4 2mm green seed beads to the other copper wire Then make a loop with the 4 2mm green seed
beads by crossing the copper wire through a 2mm green seed bead
7th cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead thread a 2mm green seed bead to the
two copper wires respectively Then cross the two copper wires through another 2mm green seed bead and cut
off the excess copper wires (as shown in the picture)
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
8th add the bead pattern made above to the top of the beaded Christmas bell craft
9th continue to add a 25x2mm platinum ring key clasp on top of the beaded Christmas bell craft through a silver
jump ring
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Here is the final look of the beaded Christmas bell craft
This beaded Christmas bell craft is charming right The DIY
Christmas bell craft also make great embellishments for
wrapping gifts Now you can have the whole family get
together and make some beaded Christmas bell crafts for
your tree
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pandahall Learning Center
Pandahall Learning Center is a large and free active online community bead craft knowledge sharing It collects thousands of inspiration projects techniques instructions about beading wire wrapping braiding etc In this craft circle you can collect inspiration get crafts ideas and learn to make bead crafts show your brilliant craft works
Visit us at httpwwwpandahallcom
Beaded Stitch
Christmas Bell
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Featured Jewelry Making Supplies
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Uniform size and shape make Delicareg beads perfect for precision work There is
absolutely no better bead for brick and peyote stitch projects
Smooth lustrous and flawless like a classic pearl these white Swarovski crystal pearls
feature a creamy alabaster hue for magnificently elegant design appeal
A hank can contain approximately 4000 beads Size and shape may vary slightly and color may vary from dye lot to dye
lot
Each Pressed Twin bead is pressed by machine for a uniform shape and size A
50-gram package can contain approximately 940 beads
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour A
- 4 g Cylinder beads colour B
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour A
- 1 g size 11 seed beads colour B
- 2 x size 8 seed beads colour B
- 2 x 6 mm faceted crystal beads
- 2 x 4 or 5 mm jump rings
- Ear hooks
- Size 11 or 12 beading needle
- Thread of your choice
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Capturing the essence of Christmas poinsettias make the perfect
decoration for the
season Why not wear them too Using brick stitch these stunning
poinsettia flowers make fun and festive earrings with just a little bit of
sparkle Finished width 1 frac12 inches (45 cm)
Poinsettia Earrings
Thread your needle with about 1 frac12 yards of thread Pick up a 6 mm faceted
crystal bead and sew through it once from bottom to top then once more from
bottom to top forming a loop around one side then once again from bottom to
top forming a second loop on the other side This will be your base thread that you
will use to attach the first round of brick stitch
Foundation
STEP 1
Pick up 2 x Cylinder beads colour A pass your needle under the thread around
the bead then pass up through the second bead added
STEP 2
Pick up 1 cylinder A pass your needle under the thread around the bead then
pass up through the bead just added
Repeat step 2 until there are six beads on the thread on one side of the bead
then repeat six more times on the other thread for a total of 12 beads around the
6 mm crystal
Anchor your beads by sewing down through the first bead added and back up
through the last bead added to lock them into position
ROW 1
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in the foundation and back up the second bead added Anchor these
beads by passing back down the first bead the bead immediately under it in the
foundation then up through the next foundation bead and row 1 bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
ROW 2
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the two
beads in row 1 and back up the second bead added
Increase (inc) by picking up 1 x cylinder A and pass under the same thread
bridge again and back up the bead just added
Poinsettia Earrings
ROW 3
Pick up 2 x cylinder A pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
two beads in row 2 and back up the second bead added
Pick up 1 x cylinder A and pass your needle under the thread bridge between the
next two beads and back up that bead
Pick up 1 x cylinder and inc on the same thread bridge and pass back up through
that bead
ROW 4
This time we will make stacks of three beads in each brick stitch Pick up 6 x
cylinder A pass under the thread bridge between the first two row 3 beads
and up through the last 3 x cylinder A just picked up This makes your first two
stacks
Pick up 3 x cylinder A pass under the thread bridge of the next two row 3
beads and up through the 3 cylinder A
Repeat twice more into the next two thread bridges then inc into the last
one again You should have 5 stacks of 3 beads
ROW 5
Pick up 2 x cylinder A and this time skip the first thread bridge and pass under the
second one (dec) and back up the second bead
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
You will see that the two beads just added do not sit evenly Anchor them by
passing down through the first bead and up through the second without
passing under the thread bridge again and with a little teasing as you pull
the thread the two will sit side-by-side
Poinsettia Earrings
Continue with brick stitch for the next two beads
ROW 6
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead and anchor as you did in row 5 Brick stitch into
the last thread bridge
ROW 7
Pick up 2 x cylinder A dec passing under the second thread bridge and up
through the second bead
Pick up 1 x 11deg pass down through the first cylinder up through the next
cylinder to anchor them then pass through the 11deg again
Weave down all the edge beads taking care not to pull your thread tight as
this will distort the shape
Pass down through the foundation bead then up through the next foundation
bead
Using the thread bridge closest to the petal just made repeat
rows 1 -7 in colour B You will note as you anchor your first row
beads that one foundation bead is shared This helps to tuck
one petal behind the other
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Continue making petals of alternate colours all the way around for a total of 12 petals
Remember to tuck colour A petals behind colour B petals as you go Weave in the thread
knotting between beads as you go fasten off and trim Weave in your tail thread and trim
IMPORTANT On your last colour B petal use an 8deg bead instead of an 11deg at the tip
Poinsettia Earrings
Using your pliers open a jump ring thread it through the 8deg at the tip of the colour B petal and
through your ear hook and close the jump ring Repeat for the second earring
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Teresa
Teresa Morse is a self-taught beader from Norwich UK She began making jewelry in 2008 quickly finding her passion for beadweaving and bead embroidery Now she specialises in two-holed shaped beads She has a compilation of 20 of her beading patterns in her first book Beautiful Jewellery with SuperDuo Beads on Amazon and a new book due to be published by Kalmbach in September 2016
wwwetsycomshopIceniBeadDesignwwwicenibeaddesigncom
Poinsettia Earrings
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
Christmas Bracelet
120 Silver beads 3 mm
Needle
- size 10 (for method looming without loom)
- size 12-13 (for loom method) and the bead loom Miyuki thread
size B Lobster Clasp chain
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
Method 1 Looming without loom
1 Going to start with 23 beads (see the diagram bracelet fig1) at
the first round (fig2)
2 Pick them up pick one up in your needle and go back into the
first one Pull that through go back in the same bead (fig3)
3 Pick up another bead and go back in the second and first
beads pull that through go back in the last two beads (fig4) [ do
this only with the first two beads each new row]
4 Pick up another bead and go back into the third bead below
pull that through go back into the same bead (fig5)
5 Continue as in step 4 for the whole row
Without tacking any bead on the needle go back in the first row
and then come back in the second (fig 6)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Bracelet
6 Turn work and repeat everything from step 2
Method 2 Looming with bead loom
7 Prepare your bead loom suitable for fig1 with 25 strings since the bracelet has 23 colons
8 Take your needle size 13 and fit your long thread (9Ft)
9 Insert to the needle 23 beads on the top row of the pattern and pass under the strings of loom Put only
each bead between the strings Back with all the beads making sure that each strand remains under your
needle (fig 8)
10 Insert on your needle on the beads of the second row of the pattern and proceed as in step 7
11 Continue to finish off your bracelet Made a square knot and hide the tread within the beads Cut the
strings about leaving 2inch frame Made a square knot each two strand Apply some glue
Now you can use a clasp for bracelet loom by 40mm or create one
Clasp loom
- Take on your needle 14 Silver beads 3mm and
knit 4 rows with method looming without loom
(step2) Fold in half and inserted unknown your
bracelet (fig 9)
Sew both sides moving needle within the first row
of bracelet (fig 10)
Repeat until mind and go out with needle in the
seventh bead Put up on the needle 4 beads
and back under the same bead (fig11)
Repeat Made a knot Add your lobster clasp
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Liliana
Liliana Siminciuc was born in Romania and has lived in Italy for over 20 years Is passionate about arts and crafts from the age of 9 yearsLoves equally the crochet tatting beading loves the paper wire and pyrography too but most of all loves the colors and designingBeginning with the 2013 started to create a wide range of tutorials
wwwetsycomshopMadeByHandLGAtohandmadeartigianatolilianagmailcom
Christmas Bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 12 grams Miyuki 11ordm Silver Seed Beads
- 30 links of Cupchain 3mm (or 60 links if you are decorating both sides)
- 2 x Swarovski Crystal Faceted Rondelles 8mm
- 5 x Faceted Round beads 4mm
- 4 meters of Fireline 6lb test
- Beading needle
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 On approx 65cm of Fireline attach a Stop Bead leaving a 6rdquo tail Add 20
seed beads
2 Skip the last three beads and pass back through the next bead Work in Flat
Peyote Stitch for eight stitches Your thread should now exit from the first bead
added in Step 1 (ignore the Stop Bead)
3 Pass back through the last bead added in the previous step to start the next
row
4 Work Peyote for eight stitches To start the next row pass the working
thread under the thread bridge between the two nearest beads and pass
back through the last two beads your thread exited (see the decrease point in
the diagram)
5 Repeat Step 4 seven more times decreasing each row by 1 bead until you
work the last row with 1 bead
6 Pass thread through the next eight edge beads to exit from the very first
bead added
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
7 Pass through the following bead on the other edge to start the other side of
your Peyote diamond shape Repeat Steps 4-5 to complete the diamond
8 Remove the Stop bead You will notice that one tip of the diamond has a
single bead that is perpendicular to the rest This will be the outer tip of your
diamond
9 Repeat Steps 1-8 to make a total of 10 diamonds
Knot and weave in both tail threads on five of them
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
10 With the thread remaining from one of the diamonds pass
through the edge beads to exit at the widest point of the diamond
with the needle pointing towards the outer tip (perpendicular bead)
Align this diamond with a diamond without any tail threads making
sure the outer tips match
Stitch both pieces together through the adjacent edge beads from
the inner tip to the centre edge of the diamond
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
13 Take two doubled points of the star and stitch them together
towards the centre - using the same method as in Step 10 Stitch both
sides as in the photographs above
14 Add another point to these two continue until all centre seams are stitched
together on one side and all but one centre seam is stitched on the other side
15 Using a small amount of toy stuffing (or a cotton wool ball will work too) lightly fill
the star and stitch up the remaining centre seam Knot weave in and trim tail ends
11 In the same way join the other edge to create one of the points
of the star
12 Repeat steps 10-11 to make five points on the star
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
16 Cut a length of cup-chain six cups long Attach it down the length of the centre of a point by exiting from a
peyote bead add 3 beads and pass thread through the nearest peyote bead on the other side of the cup-
chain These three beads should sit comfortably in the centre of two cup-chain crystals Weave thread through
the peyote work until it exits from a bead close to the next gap in the chain Do this for a total of five times to
secure the cup-chain the end crystals will sit comfortably supported by these five sets of three beads
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
17 Repeat Step 16 for the rest of the star
points For added sparkle you can repeat
Steps 16-17 on the back of the star
18 Exit from the centre of the star Add 1 rondelle (8mm) and a seed bead skip the seed bead and
pass back through the rondelle Bring your thread out at the centre back of the star Repeat this
step on the back and work through these beads a few times to strengthen
19 Using the same method exit from the point where two diamonds join Add 1 faceted round bead (4mm) and
a seed bead at each of these five points
20 Work thread through to exit from the back tip of the star Add 39 seed beads (or your required amount for the
size of loop you need) and pass through the bead you exited from Work through this loop a few times Knot
weave in tail end and trim
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Techniques
A Stop Beador Tension Beadis strung close to the beginning of your work to
maintain tension in the early stages It can be removed after a number of
rows have been completed
Pass thread through and through again in the same direction
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
Peyote Stitch
Flat peyote with an even number of beads in the base row is very simple Tie a bead to the end of your thread
and go back through it once (stop bead) Now pick up the number of beads needed to complete your base row
plus the first bead of the next row Following the diagram you would tie on one blue bead and pick up 1 red 1
blue 1 red 1 blue and 2 red Now go back through the blue bead closest to the end Pick up another red bead
and go through the next blue bead and so on until you reach the end You will notice that the red beads in the
base row are pushed down as you add beads on top of them
In peyote stitch the three red beads you just added are considered one row The base row is considered two
rows
Now we fill in the spaces to form the 4th row Pick up a blue bead and go through the first red bead in the third
row Pick up another blue bead and go through the next red bead and so on until you come to the end once
more
The red and blue beads relate to the practice diagrams only please follow the pattern for the correct colours to
use in the tutorial
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Pam
Pam Gordon has been designing and making jewelry in the UK for over 15 years using seed beads gemstones and crystals in bead weaving and bead embroidery She has participated in contests such as Battle of the Beadsmith Fire Mountain Gems and Great British Bead Awards and has work published in UK Beading magazines Pam has produced a monthly bead club for over 10 years
httpwwwetsycomukshopPamGordonBeadworkhttpwwwwestcoastgemsandbeadscouk
Little Star Christmas
Ornament
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials for the blue and silver necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Silver - Toho P470)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Silver ndash Toho P470)
- 56 Tila (T) (Blue - Royal Blue Opaque Luster TL0414)
- 28 Tila (T) (Silver - Smoke Grey Luster 1865 OP)
- 27 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Royal Blue)
- 14 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (Greige ABx2)
- 26 Swarovski bicons (SW) size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (D) (Miyuki -Silver)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Materials for the green bronze and red necklace
- Fireline thread
- 10 gr Seed beads color A size 11ordm (Permanent Gold - Toho P471)
- 10 gr Seed beads color B size 15ordm (Permanent Gold ndash Toho P471)
- 56 Tila (Green ndash TL468)
- 28 Tila (Bronze ndash TL457)
- 27 Swarovski bicons - size 4ordm (Emerald Green)
- 14 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (Red Light Siam)
- 26 Swarovski bicons size 4ordm (White Opal)
- 14 Small drops (Miyuki ndashTransparent Emerald Green)
- 1 Metal Clasp
- Needle size 12 ordm
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
1 Beading materials you need (Pic 1)
Glittering Stars
2 Leave a tail of 12cm at the beginning On a
Fireline thread pick up 1 Stopper bead 1T 3As 1T
1A (Pic2)
3 Repeat adding 1T 3As 1T 1A 26 more times
End with 1T (Pic3)
4 Start at the stopper point a new string Pass
through the bottom hole of the first T add 1A
and pass through the bottom hole of the next T
(Pic 4)
5 Add 3As and pass through the bottom hole of the
next T Continue adding As as in steps 4-5 until you
reach the end of the string (Pic 5)
6 Pick up 3A and 1SW above the 2nd T Pass again
through the upper holes of the 2nd T (Pic6)
7 Pass through the 3As towards left (Pic7)
8 Pass down through the SW (Pic8)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
9 Pass through the upper holes of the next T (Pic9)
Glittering Stars
13 Pass towards left through the close 3As and the
bottom holes of the next T (Pic 13)
10 Add 3As and pass down through the SW (Pic10)
11 Pass towards left through the upper holes of the T and
the 3As after it (Pic11)
12 Add SW between each 2Ts until you reach the last 2Ts
Pass through the 1st T Continue passing through the bottom
holes of the 2nd T Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again
towards left through the upper T (Pic12)
14 Add 1A 1T and 1 more A Pass again towards
left through the upper T (Pic14)
15 Continue passing through the next 3As the T
and the A after it (Pic15)
16 Pass through the bottom holes of the next close
T (Pic16)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
17 Repeat adding Ts and As as in steps 12-16 until you
reach the T before the last one in the string (Pic 17)
Glittering Stars
21 Add 3 more Bs and pass through the upper
holes of the next T (Pic21)
18 Begin a new line passing out of the upper holes of
the 1st T Raise 3Bs 1SW and 5Bs Enter again the B
which is under the SW and pass up through the SW
(Pic 18)
19 Create a picot of 5Bs (marked with a under the SW
and proceed by adding 3Bs and passing through the
upper holes in the next close T (Pic19)
20 Add 3Bs and 1SW Pass through the middle A between
the two Ts(marked with a )(Pic20)
22 Proceed adding beads as in steps 18-21 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic22)
23 Start a new string passing through the bottom
holes of the 1st T Add 3Bs and pass through
the middle 2Bs above (marked with 2 ) (Pic23)
24 Add 3Bs and pass through the bottom holes of
the next close T (Pic24)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
25 Add 1B and pass through the B before the close SW the
SW and the middle A after it
(marked with a ) (Pic25)
Glittering Stars
29 Continue adding beads as in steps 23-28 until
you reach the end of the string (Pic29)
26 Add 2Bs 1D and 1 more B Pass through the upper first
added B (Pic26)
27 Pass once more through the upper A (marked with a )
the SW and the B after it (Pic27)
28 Add 1B and pass through the next close T (Pic28)
30 Pass through the last T and the A above it Add
3Bs before the magnetic clasp the Clasp
and 3Bs after it Pass through the 2nd hole of the T
Repeat 2 more times Tighten and trim
Do the same on the other side of the necklace
(Pic30)
31 The finished necklace (Pic31)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
ZviaGil
My name is Zvia and I live in Haifa Israel Since my youth I remember myself as a handmade designer and my obsession to create things grew threw the passing years Irsquom acquainted to the use of some materials asGlass beads Polymer clay fibers silk drawing knitting Mosaic and embroideryFor the last ten years I enjoy designing jewelry using the finest materials as gemstones Swarovski crystals and pearls
I love to try using new materials and beads which assist me expressing my passion to create jewelry Therefore Irsquom always in an endless search to find something new in the craft market Lately I was exposed to the new beads from the Czech Republic and some Japanese beads
httpwwwetsycomshopzviagil
Glittering Stars
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Ho Ho Ho An advanced Merry Christmas to all you lovely and amazing people Christmas is right around the
corner and tis indeed the season to be jolly How else to celebrate this festive season but with pretty pretty jewelry
jingling at your wrists or ears
Jewelry designers never really have a day off because their minds are constantly thinking of new pieces that they
can make and show off to the world This is can be seen by all the jewelry that can be worn during any holiday
season special occasions or even as birthday gifts
So as usual let us get into it and look at the wonderful selection that you can buy for yourself this Christmas
Earrings that will grab everyones attention because they look so delicious Remember that children may put these
delicious looking earrings into their mouth so keep an eye out on your earrings
by jBunaeby OurBrickLibrary by CloverPowersby CMYKlays
by NeatEats by TessClayEarrings
Let your neck be decorated with these festive necklaces Let them line your neck with bursts of Christmas colors
and warmth
by BeadCreativityByOlia by TheJewelSaga by FloralSweet by SweetieBabyBoutique by EarringsBraceletsEtc
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Jingle Your Jewelry
Not forgetting that with a wave of a hand your bracelets are bound to wow the guests at your Christmas party this
year See these wonderfully crafted bracelets just for you to get
by whimsydaisydesignsby whimsydaisydesigns by HappyEverythingElseby UkrainianBeadJewelry
It is just that simple to have beautiful jewelry Make one following tutorials or just purchase one from these amazing
designers Have a lovely and merry time preparing for Christmas
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Width 175 with edging
Height 650 without loop
Columns 27
Rows 99
Bead Count 2673
Color Count 8
Stitch Loom
This is a loom bracelet pattern This pattern is
designed for the use of Delica 11 beads and 5lb
nylon thread with 10 or 12 beading needle
Instructions for loom are not included
Christmas Scent
Delica size 11 bead colours and quantities as per graph Add 27 x DB-010 beads
for the toggle loop Add 792 x DB-010 beads for the edges
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Christmas Scent
Closure Loop
Attach a beading needle with a double strand of thread in
the centre of the bracelet Pick 27 x DB-010 beads and pass
your needle back into the bead you came out of Pass
through the beads for extra strength Cast off
Closure
Attach needle with double strand of thread in the centre of the 6th row on the other side of the bracelet Attach
button of your choice If you want the bracelet longer or smaller adjust the placing of the button (move button to
row 7 or 8 for smaller or row 5 or 4 for bigger) Cast off
Edging
Attach needle to 1st edge bead Pick 4 x DB-010 beads skip
2nd edge bead pass needle down into 3rd edge bead go
back up into the 2nd edge bead
Pick up 4 x DB-010 beads skip 1 x edge bead pass needle into
next edge bead MAke sure that the 1st group of beads
added lies in front of this group you are going to add
Edging
Continue in this manner to add 4 bead groups on both sides
of the bracelet
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Lorraine
For many years Lorraine hand-made boutique styled clothes and only started making jewelry around 2007 as a hobby Lorraine started stringing glass beads and pearls and soon found herself looking at more challenging ways of working with beads and other mediums Her creative inspiration comes primarily from the wonder of nature and the glorious colors all around Her favorite materials to work with are glass seed beads (Delicarsquos) Swarovski crystals Swarovski pearls together with high quality bead embroidery equipment and tools
wwwEtsycomshopTrinityDJwwwEtsyshopTrinityDJBoutiquehttpwwwfacebookcomTrinityDesignerJewellery
Christmas Scent
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Materials
- 1 14mm Swarovski Rivoli (Sapphire)
- 6 4mm Fire polished rounds (Transparent Capri blue AB) FP
- 5 grams 25x5mm Superduo beads (Old Silver) SD(a)
- 6 25x5mm Superduo beads (Pastel Montana blue) SD(b)
- 6 3x2 mm rondelle beads (JetAzure) RB
- 12 3mm Toho Magatamas (Nickel) Mag
- 1 gram Seed beads 11deg (Toho galvanized Polaris) R11
- 1 gram Seed beads 15deg (Toho galvanized polaris) R15
- Beading thread size D Beading needle size 12
Snowflake Pendant
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 1
Use 33rsquo of thread to string 12 SD(a) leaving a 3rdquo tail Pass back through all
beads again to form a tight circle then tie a couple of knots between the
tail and the working thread and weave through beads to exit from the
bottom hole of a Superduo(a) set away from the knots Reverse the thread
and exit from the top hole of this same bead
Snowflake Pendant
Round 2
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit from the bottom hole of first
SD(a) added
Pull the thread and reverse the thread to exitf rom the top hole of this same
bead
Round 3
Pick up 1 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then repeat 11
more times to complete the round and exit directly from the top hole of first
SD(a) added Pull the thread to tighten the bezel forming a cup
Round 4
Pick up 1 RB and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then pick up 1 R11
and pass through the top hole of following SD(a) Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through beads from the beginning of
this round
At this point place the Rivoli face up in the centre of the bezel and start
pulling the thread Weave through beads of this same round to tighten the
beadwork holding the Rivoli in position with the thumb of your non-
dominant hand When the crystal is fixed exit from a SD(a) set before a
Rondelle bead
Round 5
String 3 R11 place them upon next Rondelle
then string 3 R15 and place them upon
following R11 Repeat to complete the
round then repeat the thread path through
first group of 3 R11 added and then exit from
the top hole of next SD(a) from Round 3 (red
dot on picture below)
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Round 6
Now yoursquoll have to work on Superduos
from Round 3 String 2 SD(a) and sew
through next SD(a) then pick up 1 FP
and pass through next SD(a)
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from the top
hole of first Superduo added
Round 7
String 2 SD(a) and sew through the top hole of next SD(a) then place 1 R11 before and after next FP
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread path
and exit from the top hole of first SD(a) added
Round 8
String 1 SD(b) 3 R11 and slide them to the end of the thread then pass through
the second hole of this same Superduo and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a) Pull the thread to keep this group of beads in position
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
String 2 R15 and sew
through next R11
Snowflake Pendant
String 5 R11 place them upon
next FP and then pass through
following R11
String 2 R15 and sew through the top hole of next
SD(a)
Repeat to complete the round then retrace the thread
path and exit after first group of 3 R11 placed upon the
SD(b)
String 4 R15 and sew through next 1 R15
Pick up 1 Mag skip next 1 R11 (of a group of 5 beads from Round 8) and pass
directly through following 3 R11
Pick up one more Magatama skip 1 R15 of following group of 2 and sew directly
through next R15
String 4 R15 and sew through following 3 R11
[set upon next SD(b)]
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
Snowflake Pendant
Repeat to complete the round then exit from central R11 of a group of three beads set upon following SD(b)
Clasp loop
String 1 R11 6 R15 (or a sufficient number of beads) 1 R11 and come around passing through the same R11
exited to form a beaded loop Pass through the loop twice to reinforce then fix the thread and trim it
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48
About the Author
Debora
Since I can remember Irsquove always been an art lover in every of its expressions I also love music literature and travelling I was born and raised in Sardinia a beautiful and inspiring island in the middle of Mediterraneo My adventure in the beads world began creating wire wrapped earrings for myself and since then I never stopped enjoying this beautiful journey in the world of beading jewelry
Visit me athttpwwwetsycomshopCrownofStoneshttpwwwfacebookcomCrownofStones
Snowflake Pendant
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Making Jewelry with
Gemstone Beads
Combines the popular craft of beading with beautiful semi-precious stones which are collected by many
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Convertible Crystal Jewelry
Reverse it Twist it Wear it
Many Ways
Using ever-popular sparkling crystals Diane showcases designelements through various techniques for fun easyfashionable jewelry
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
200 Beading Tips
Techniques amp Trade Secrets
Just like having an expert on call 24 hours a day--here are theanswers to any beading questions or dilemmas you mighthave
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM
Rec
omm
end
ed R
ead
ings
Build Your Own Wire
Pendants
Every jewelry maker will find inspiration for using a favoritefocal bead cabochon or bead stash in Build Your Own WirePendants
BLOG DIY JEWELRY MAKING ISSUE 48BLOG WWWHANDMADE-JEWELRY-CLUBCOM MEMBERSHIP WWWDIYJEWELRYMAKINGCOM